blob: 0fa20025c9e8911cacfacaa39677a61efd967b62 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau1f445892010-01-03 23:23:36 +01007 2010/01/03
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100483 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100692bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
727default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200728description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100729disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200730dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100731enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200732errorfile X X X X
733errorloc X X X X
734errorloc302 X X X X
735errorloc303 X X X X
736fullconn X - X X
737grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200738hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100739http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200740id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200741log X X X X
742maxconn X X X -
743mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100744monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200745monitor-net X X X -
746monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100747[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200748[no] option accept-invalid-
749 http-request X X X -
750[no] option accept-invalid-
751 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100752[no] option allbackups X - X X
753[no] option checkcache X - X X
754[no] option clitcpka X X X -
755[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200756[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100757[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100758[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200759option forwardfor X X X X
760option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100761[no] option http-server-
762 close X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100763[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200764option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200765[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200766[no] option independant-
767 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200768[no] option log-health- X - X X
769 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200770[no] option log-separate-
771 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100772[no] option logasap X X X -
773[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200774option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775[no] option persist X - X X
776[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200777option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200778[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100779[no] option splice-auto X X X X
780[no] option splice-request X X X X
781[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100782[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200783option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200784[no] option tcp-smart-
785 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200786[no] option tcp-smart-
787 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200788option tcpka X X X X
789option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100790[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200791persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100792rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200793redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100794redisp X - X X (deprecated)
795redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200796reqadd - X X X
797reqallow - X X X
798reqdel - X X X
799reqdeny - X X X
800reqiallow - X X X
801reqidel - X X X
802reqideny - X X X
803reqipass - X X X
804reqirep - X X X
805reqisetbe - X X X
806reqitarpit - X X X
807reqpass - X X X
808reqrep - X X X
809reqsetbe - X X X
810reqtarpit - X X X
811retries X - X X
812rspadd - X X X
813rspdel - X X X
814rspdeny - X X X
815rspidel - X X X
816rspideny - X X X
817rspirep - X X X
818rsprep - X X X
819server - - X X
820source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100821srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200822stats auth X - X X
823stats enable X - X X
824stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200825stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200826stats scope X - X X
827stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200828stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200829tcp-request content accept - X X -
830tcp-request content reject - X X -
831tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100832timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100833timeout client X X X -
834timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
835timeout connect X - X X
836timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200837timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100838timeout queue X - X X
839timeout server X - X X
840timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100841timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100842transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200843use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200844----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
845keyword defaults frontend listen backend
846
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100847
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
849---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100850
851This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
852
853
854acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
855 Declare or complete an access list.
856 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
857 no | yes | yes | yes
858 Example:
859 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
860 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
861 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
862
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200863 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100864
865
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100866appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
867 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100868 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
869 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
870 no | no | yes | yes
871 Arguments :
872 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
873 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
874
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100875 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100876 checked in each cookie value.
877
878 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
879 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
880 milliseconds.
881
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200882 request-learn
883 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
884 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
885 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
886 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
887 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
888 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
889
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100890 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
891 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
892 data following this prefix.
893
894 Example :
895 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
896
897 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
898 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
899
900 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
901 2 modes are currently supported :
902 - path-parameters :
903 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
904 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
905 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
906 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
907 - query-string :
908 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
909 query string.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
912 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
913 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
914 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100915 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
916 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
917 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100918 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
919 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
920
921 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
922
923 Example :
924 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
925
926 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
927
928
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100929backlog <conns>
930 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
931 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
932 yes | yes | yes | no
933 Arguments :
934 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
935 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
936 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
937
938 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
939 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
940 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
941 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
942 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
943 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
944 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
945 backlog parameter.
946
947 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
948 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
949 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
950
951 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
952
953
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100954balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200955balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100956 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
957 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
958 yes | no | yes | yes
959 Arguments :
960 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
961 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
962 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
963 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
964
965 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
966 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
967 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
968 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200969 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
970 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
971 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
972 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
973 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
974 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
975 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
976 it, so that you don't worry.
977
978 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
979 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
980 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
981 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
982 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
983 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
984 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
985 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100986
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100987 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
988 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
989 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
990 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
991 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
992 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
993 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
994 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
995
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100996 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
997 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
998 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
999 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1000 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1001 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1002 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1003 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001004 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001005 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001006 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1007 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1008 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001009
1010 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1011 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1012 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1013 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1014 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1015 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1016 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001017 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1018 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1019 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001020
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001021 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1022 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1023 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1024 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1025 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1026 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1027 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1028 URIs start with a leading "/".
1029
1030 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1031 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1032 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1033 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1034
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001035 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001036 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1037
1038 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1039 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1040 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1041 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1042 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1043 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1044 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1045 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1046 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1047 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1048 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1049 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1050 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1051 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1052 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1053 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1054 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1055 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1056 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1057 be randomly balanced if at all.
1058
1059 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1060 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1061 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1062 server will receive the request.
1063
1064 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1065 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1066 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1067 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1068 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001069 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1070 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1071 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001072
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001073 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1074 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1075 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001076 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001077 algorithm is applied instead.
1078
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001079 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001080 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1081 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1082 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1083
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001084 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1085 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1086 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1087
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001088 rdp-cookie
1089 rdp-cookie(name)
1090 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1091 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1092 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1093 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1094 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1095 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001096 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001097 used instead.
1098
1099 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1100 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1101 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1102 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1103
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001104 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1105 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1106 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1107
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001108 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001109 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1110 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001111
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001112 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001113 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001114
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001115 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1116 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1117 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001118
1119 Examples :
1120 balance roundrobin
1121 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001122 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001123 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1124 balance hdr(host)
1125 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001126
1127 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1128 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1129
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001130 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001131 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1132 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1133 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1134 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1135
1136 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1137 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1138 defaults to 16 kB.
1139
1140 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1141 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1142
1143 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1144 Round Robin.
1145
1146 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1147 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1148 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1149 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1150
1151 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1152
1153 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001154 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001155 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1156 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1157 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001158
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001159 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1160 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001161
1162
1163bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001164bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001165bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001166bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001167bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1168bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001169bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001170 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1171 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1172 no | yes | yes | no
1173 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001174 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1175 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1176 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1177 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1178 special address "0.0.0.0".
1179
1180 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1181 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1182 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001183
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001184 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1185 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1186 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1187 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1188 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1189 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1190 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1191 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1192 privileges.
1193
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001194 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1195 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1196 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1197 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1198 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1199 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1200 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1201 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1202
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001203 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1204 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1205 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1206 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001207
1208 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1209
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001210 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1211 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1212 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001213 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001214 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1215 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1216 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1217 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1218 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001219
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001220 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1221 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1222 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1223 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1224 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1225 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1226 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1227 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1228 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1229 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1230 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1231 with front firewalls which would see an established
1232 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1233
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001234 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1235 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1236 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1237 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1238 in a frontend.
1239
1240 Example :
1241 listen http_proxy
1242 bind :80,:443
1243 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1244
1245 See also : "source".
1246
1247
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001248bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1249 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1250 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1251 yes | yes | yes | yes
1252 Arguments :
1253 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1254 may be used to override a default value.
1255
1256 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1257 option may be combined with other numbers.
1258
1259 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1260 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1261 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1262 missing from all processes.
1263
1264 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1265 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1266 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1267 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1268
1269 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1270 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1271 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1272 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1273 and 'even' instances.
1274
1275 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1276 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1277 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1278 32.
1279
1280 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1281 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1282
1283 Example :
1284 listen app_ip1
1285 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1286 bind_process odd
1287
1288 listen app_ip2
1289 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1290 bind_process even
1291
1292 listen management
1293 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1294 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1295
1296 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1297
1298
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001299block { if | unless } <condition>
1300 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1301 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1302 no | yes | yes | yes
1303
1304 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1305 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001306 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001307 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1308 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1309 "block" statements per instance.
1310
1311 Example:
1312 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1313 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1314 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1315 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1316
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001317 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001318
1319
1320capture cookie <name> len <length>
1321 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1322 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1323 no | yes | yes | no
1324 Arguments :
1325 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1326 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1327 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1328 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1329 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1330
1331 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1332 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1333 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1334 right if it exceeds <length>.
1335
1336 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1337 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1338 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1339 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1340
1341 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1342 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1343 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1344
1345 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1346 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1347 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1348 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001349 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001350 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1351
1352 Example:
1353 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1354
1355 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001356 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001357
1358
1359capture request header <name> len <length>
1360 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1361 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1362 no | yes | yes | no
1363 Arguments :
1364 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001365 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001366 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1367 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1368 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1369
1370 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1371 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1372 it exceeds <length>.
1373
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001374 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001375 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1376 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001377 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1378 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1379 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1380 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001381 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001382 environments to find where the request came from.
1383
1384 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1385 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1386 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1387 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001388
1389 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1390 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1391 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1392 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1393
1394 Example:
1395 capture request header Host len 15
1396 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1397 capture request header Referrer len 15
1398
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001399 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001400 about logging.
1401
1402
1403capture response header <name> len <length>
1404 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1405 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1406 no | yes | yes | no
1407 Arguments :
1408 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001409 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001410 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1411 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1412 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1413
1414 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1415 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1416 it exceeds <length>.
1417
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001418 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001419 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1420 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1421 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001422 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1423 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1424 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1425 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001426
1427 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1428 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1429 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1430 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1431
1432 Example:
1433 capture response header Content-length len 9
1434 capture response header Location len 15
1435
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001436 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001437 about logging.
1438
1439
1440clitimeout <timeout>
1441 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1442 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1443 yes | yes | yes | no
1444 Arguments :
1445 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1446 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1447 as explained at the top of this document.
1448
1449 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1450 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1451 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1452 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1453 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1454 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1455 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1456 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001457 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001458 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1459 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1460
1461 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1462 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1463 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1464 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1465 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1466 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1467
1468 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1469 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1470
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001471 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1472 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001473
1474
1475contimeout <timeout>
1476 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1477 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1478 yes | no | yes | yes
1479 Arguments :
1480 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1481 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1482 as explained at the top of this document.
1483
1484 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001485 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001486 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1487 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1488 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1489 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1490 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1491
1492 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1493 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1494 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1495 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1496 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1497 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1498
1499 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1500 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1501 instead.
1502
1503 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1504 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1505
1506
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001507cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001508 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001509 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1510 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1511 yes | no | yes | yes
1512 Arguments :
1513 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1514 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1515 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1516 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1517 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1518 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1519 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1520 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1521 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1522
1523 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1524 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1525 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1526 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1527 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1528 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1529 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1530 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1531 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1532 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1533 "insert" and "prefix".
1534
1535 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1536 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1537 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1538 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1539 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1540 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1541 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1542 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1543 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1544
1545 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1546 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1547 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1548 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1549 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1550 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1551 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1552 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1553 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1554 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1555 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1556
1557 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1558 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1559 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1560 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1561 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1562 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1563 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1564 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1565 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1566 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1567
1568 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1569 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1570 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1571 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1572 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1573 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1574 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1575 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1576 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1577
1578 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1579 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1580 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1581 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1582 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1583 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1584 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1585 persistence cookie in the cache.
1586 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1587
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001588 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001589 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001590 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1591 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1592 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1593 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1594 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1595 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001596
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001597 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1598 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1599 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1600 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001601
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001602 Examples :
1603 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1604 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1605 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1606
1607 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1608
1609
1610default_backend <backend>
1611 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1612 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1613 yes | yes | yes | no
1614 Arguments :
1615 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1616
1617 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1618 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1619 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1620 will catch all undetermined requests.
1621
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001622 Example :
1623
1624 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1625 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1626 default_backend dynamic
1627
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001628 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1629
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001630
1631disabled
1632 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1633 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1634 yes | yes | yes | yes
1635 Arguments : none
1636
1637 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1638 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1639 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1640 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1641 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1642 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1643 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1644
1645 See also : "enabled"
1646
1647
1648enabled
1649 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1650 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1651 yes | yes | yes | yes
1652 Arguments : none
1653
1654 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1655 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1656
1657 See also : "disabled"
1658
1659
1660errorfile <code> <file>
1661 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1662 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1663 yes | yes | yes | yes
1664 Arguments :
1665 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1666 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1667
1668 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001669 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001670 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001671 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1672 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001673
1674 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1675 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1676 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1677
1678 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1679 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1680 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1681 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1682
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001683 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1684 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1685 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1686 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1687 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1688 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1689
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001690 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1691 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1692 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001693 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001694 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1695
1696 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1697
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001698 Example :
1699 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1700 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1701 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1702
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001703
1704errorloc <code> <url>
1705errorloc302 <code> <url>
1706 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1707 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1708 yes | yes | yes | yes
1709 Arguments :
1710 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1711 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1712
1713 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1714 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1715 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1716 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1717 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1718
1719 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1720 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1721 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1722
1723 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1724 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1725 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1726 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1727 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1728 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1729 request.
1730
1731 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1732
1733
1734errorloc303 <code> <url>
1735 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1736 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1737 yes | yes | yes | yes
1738 Arguments :
1739 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1740 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1741
1742 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1743 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1744 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1745 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1746 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1747
1748 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1749 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1750 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1751
1752 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1753 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1754 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1755 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001756 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001757
1758 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1759
1760
1761fullconn <conns>
1762 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1763 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1764 yes | no | yes | yes
1765 Arguments :
1766 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1767 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1768
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001769 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001770 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001771 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001772 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1773 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1774 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1775 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1776 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001777 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001778
1779 Example :
1780 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1781 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1782 # connections.
1783 backend dynamic
1784 fullconn 10000
1785 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1786 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1787
1788 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1789
1790
1791grace <time>
1792 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1793 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1794 no | yes | yes | yes
1795 Arguments :
1796 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1797 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1798 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1799
1800 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1801 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001802 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001803 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1804
1805 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1806 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1807 simplify it.
1808
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001809
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001810hash-type <method>
1811 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1812 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1813 yes | no | yes | yes
1814 Arguments :
1815 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1816 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1817 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1818 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1819 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1820 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1821 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1822 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1823 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1824
1825 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1826 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1827 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1828 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1829 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1830 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1831 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1832 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1833 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1834 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1835 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1836 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1837 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1838
1839 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1840
1841 See also : "balance", "server"
1842
1843
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001844http-check disable-on-404
1845 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1846 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001847 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001848 Arguments : none
1849
1850 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1851 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1852 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1853 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1854 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1855 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1856 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1857 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1858 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1859
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001860 See also : "option httpchk"
1861
1862
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001863id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001864 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1865 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1866 no | yes | yes | yes
1867 Arguments : none
1868
1869 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1870 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1871 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001872
1873
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001874log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001875log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001876 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1877 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1878 yes | yes | yes | yes
1879 Arguments :
1880 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1881 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1882 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1883 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1884 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1885 parameter.
1886
1887 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1888 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1889
1890 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1891 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1892 standard syslog port).
1893
1894 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1895 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1896 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1897 appropriately writeable).
1898
1899 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1900
1901 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1902 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1903 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1904
1905 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1906 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1907 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001908 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1909 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1910 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1911 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1912 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001913
1914 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1915
1916 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1917 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1918 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1919
1920 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001921 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1922 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1923 "info".
1924
1925 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1926 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1927 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1928 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1929
1930 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1931 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001932
1933 Example :
1934 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001935 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1936 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001937
1938
1939maxconn <conns>
1940 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1941 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1942 yes | yes | yes | no
1943 Arguments :
1944 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1945 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1946 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1947 closes.
1948
1949 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1950 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1951 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1952 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1953 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1954 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1955 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1956 properly tuned.
1957
1958 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1959 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1960 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1961
1962 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1963
1964
1965mode { tcp|http|health }
1966 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1967 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1968 yes | yes | yes | yes
1969 Arguments :
1970 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1971 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1972 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1973 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1974
1975 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1976 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1977 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1978 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1979 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1980
1981 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1982 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1983 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1984 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1985 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1986 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1987
1988 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1989 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1990 will be refused.
1991
1992 Example :
1993 defaults http_instances
1994 mode http
1995
1996 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1997
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001998
1999monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002000 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002001 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2002 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002003 Arguments :
2004 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2005 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002006 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002007 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2008 backend and its backup.
2009
2010 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2011 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2012 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2013 servers in a list of backends.
2014
2015 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2016 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2017 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2018 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2019 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2020 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2021 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002022 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002023
2024 Example:
2025 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002026 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002027 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2028 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2029 monitor-uri /site_alive
2030 monitor fail if site_dead
2031
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002032 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2033
2034
2035monitor-net <source>
2036 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2037 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2038 yes | yes | yes | no
2039 Arguments :
2040 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2041 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2042 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2043 followed by a mask.
2044
2045 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2046 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002047 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002048 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2049
2050 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2051 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2052 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2053 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2054 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2055
2056 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2057 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2058 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2059 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2060 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2061
2062 Example :
2063 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2064 frontend www
2065 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2066
2067 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2068
2069
2070monitor-uri <uri>
2071 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2072 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2073 yes | yes | yes | no
2074 Arguments :
2075 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2076 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2077
2078 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2079 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2080 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2081 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2082 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2083 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2084 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2085 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2086
2087 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2088 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2089 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2090 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2091 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2092 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2093
2094 Example :
2095 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2096 frontend www
2097 mode http
2098 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2099
2100 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2101
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002102
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002103option abortonclose
2104no option abortonclose
2105 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2106 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2107 yes | no | yes | yes
2108 Arguments : none
2109
2110 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2111 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2112 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2113 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002114 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002115 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2116 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2117 encountered while delivering the response.
2118
2119 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2120 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2121 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2122 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2123 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2124 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2125 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2126 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002127 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002128 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2129 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2130 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2131
2132 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2133 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2134 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2135 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2136 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2137 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2138 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2139 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2140 reduces the response time for other users.
2141
2142 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2143 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2144
2145 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2146
2147
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002148option accept-invalid-http-request
2149no option accept-invalid-http-request
2150 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2151 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2152 yes | yes | yes | no
2153 Arguments : none
2154
2155 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2156 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2157 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2158 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2159 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2160 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2161 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2162 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2163 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2164
2165 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2166 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2167 been confirmed.
2168
2169 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2170 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2171 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2172 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2173
2174 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2175 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2176
2177 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2178 stats socket.
2179
2180
2181option accept-invalid-http-response
2182no option accept-invalid-http-response
2183 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2184 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2185 yes | no | yes | yes
2186 Arguments : none
2187
2188 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2189 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2190 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2191 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2192 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2193 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2194 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2195 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2196 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2197
2198 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2199 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2200 been confirmed.
2201
2202 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2203 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2204 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2205 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2206
2207 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2208 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2209
2210 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2211 stats socket.
2212
2213
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002214option allbackups
2215no option allbackups
2216 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2217 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2218 yes | no | yes | yes
2219 Arguments : none
2220
2221 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2222 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2223 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2224 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2225 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2226 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2227 order between the backup servers anymore.
2228
2229 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2230 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2231
2232 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2233 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2234
2235
2236option checkcache
2237no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002238 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002239 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2240 yes | no | yes | yes
2241 Arguments : none
2242
2243 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2244 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002245 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002246 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2247 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2248 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2249
2250 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002251 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002252 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002253 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2254 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002255 to the client are :
2256 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002257 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002258 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002259 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2260 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2261 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2262 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2263 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2264 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2265 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2266 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2267 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2268 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2269 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2270
2271 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002272 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002273 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002274 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002275 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2276
2277 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2278 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002279 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002280 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2281
2282 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2283 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2284
2285
2286option clitcpka
2287no option clitcpka
2288 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2289 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2290 yes | yes | yes | no
2291 Arguments : none
2292
2293 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2294 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2295 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2296 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2297
2298 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2299 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2300 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2301 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2302
2303 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2304 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2305 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2306 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2307 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2308
2309 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2310
2311 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2312 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2313 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2314
2315 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2316 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2317
2318 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2319
2320
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002321option contstats
2322 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2323 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2324 yes | yes | yes | no
2325 Arguments : none
2326
2327 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2328 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2329 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2330 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2331 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2332 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2333 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2334
2335
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002336option dontlog-normal
2337no option dontlog-normal
2338 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2339 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2340 yes | yes | yes | no
2341 Arguments : none
2342
2343 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2344 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2345 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2346 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2347 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2348 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2349 logged.
2350
2351 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2352 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2353 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2354
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002355 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002356 logging.
2357
2358
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002359option dontlognull
2360no option dontlognull
2361 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2362 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2363 yes | yes | yes | no
2364 Arguments : none
2365
2366 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2367 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2368 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2369 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2370 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2371 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2372 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2373
2374 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2375 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2376 would not be logged.
2377
2378 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2379 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2380
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002381 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002382
2383
2384option forceclose
2385no option forceclose
2386 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2387 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002388 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002389 Arguments : none
2390
2391 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2392 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2393 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2394 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2395 global session times in the logs.
2396
2397 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002398 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
2399 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002400
2401 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2402 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2403
2404 See also : "option httpclose"
2405
2406
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002407option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002408 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2409 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2410 yes | yes | yes | yes
2411 Arguments :
2412 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2413 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002414 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2415 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002416
2417 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2418 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2419 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2420 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2421 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2422 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2423 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002424 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2425 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2426 possible that the client has already brought one.
2427
2428 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2429 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2430 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2431 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2432 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2433 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002434
2435 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2436 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2437 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2438 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2439 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2440 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2441 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2442
2443 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002444 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2445 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2446 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002447
2448 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2449 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2450 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2451 when using this option.
2452
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002453 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002454 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2455 frontend www
2456 mode http
2457 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2458
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002459 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2460 backend www
2461 mode http
2462 option forwardfor header X-Client
2463
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002464 See also : "option httpclose"
2465
2466
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002467option httpchk
2468option httpchk <uri>
2469option httpchk <method> <uri>
2470option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2471 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2472 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2473 yes | no | yes | yes
2474 Arguments :
2475 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2476 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2477 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2478 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2479 ones.
2480
2481 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2482 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2483 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2484
2485 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2486 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2487 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2488 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2489 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2490
2491 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2492 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2493 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2494 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2495 the lack of any response.
2496
2497 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2498
2499 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2500 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2501 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2502
2503 Examples :
2504 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2505 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2506 backend https_relay
2507 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002508 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002509 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2510
2511 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2512 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2513
2514
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002515option http-server-close
2516no option http-server-close
2517 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2518 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2519 yes | yes | yes | yes
2520 Arguments : none
2521
2522 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2523 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2524 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2525 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2526 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2527 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2528 of RFC2616.
2529
2530 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2531 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2532 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2533 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
2534 timeout defined by "timeout http-request".
2535
2536 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2537 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2538 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "httpclose",
2539 which itself has precedence over "option http-server-close".
2540
2541 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2542 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2543
2544 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2545
2546
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002547option httpclose
2548no option httpclose
2549 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2550 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2551 yes | yes | yes | yes
2552 Arguments : none
2553
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002554 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002555 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2556 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2557 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2558 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2559 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2560 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2561 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2562 be removed.
2563
2564 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2565 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2566 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2567 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2568 the request connection once the server responds.
2569
2570 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2571 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2572 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2573
2574 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2575 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2576
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002577 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002578
2579
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002580option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002581 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2582 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2583 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002584 Arguments :
2585 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2586 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2587 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2588 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2589 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002590
2591 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2592 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2593 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2594 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2595 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2596 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2597 ports.
2598
2599 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2600
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002601 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2602 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2603 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2604 by default.
2605
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002606 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002607
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002608
2609option http_proxy
2610no option http_proxy
2611 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2612 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2613 yes | yes | yes | yes
2614 Arguments : none
2615
2616 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2617 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2618 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2619 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2620 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2621
2622 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2623 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2624 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2625 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2626 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2627 be analyzed.
2628
2629 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2630 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2631
2632 Example :
2633 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2634 backend direct_forward
2635 option httpclose
2636 option http_proxy
2637
2638 See also : "option httpclose"
2639
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002640
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002641option independant-streams
2642no option independant-streams
2643 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2644 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2645 yes | yes | yes | yes
2646 Arguments : none
2647
2648 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2649 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2650 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2651 receive data or not.
2652
2653 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2654 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2655 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2656 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2657 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2658 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2659 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2660 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2661 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2662 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2663 socket buffers.
2664
2665 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2666 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2667 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2668 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2669 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2670
2671 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2672
2673
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002674option log-health-checks
2675no option log-health-checks
2676 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2677 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2678 yes | no | yes | yes
2679 Arguments : none
2680
2681 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2682 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2683 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2684 of additional information is limited.
2685
2686 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2687 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2688
2689 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2690
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002691
2692option log-separate-errors
2693no option log-separate-errors
2694 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2695 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2696 yes | yes | yes | no
2697 Arguments : none
2698
2699 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2700 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2701 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2702 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2703 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2704 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2705 provides very important information.
2706
2707 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2708 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2709 error logs.
2710
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002711 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002712 logging.
2713
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002714
2715option logasap
2716no option logasap
2717 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2718 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2719 yes | yes | yes | no
2720 Arguments : none
2721
2722 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2723 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2724 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2725 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2726 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2727 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2728 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002729 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002730 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2731 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2732
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002733 Examples :
2734 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2735 mode http
2736 option httplog
2737 option logasap
2738 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2739
2740 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2741 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2742 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2743 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2744
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002745 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002746 logging.
2747
2748
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002749option nolinger
2750no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002751 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002752 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2753 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002754 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002755
2756 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2757 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2758 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2759 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2760 connections.
2761
2762 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2763 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2764 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2765 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2766 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2767 this too.
2768
2769 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2770 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2771 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2772
2773 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2774 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2775 for servers.
2776
2777 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2778 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2779
2780
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002781option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2782 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2783 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2784 yes | yes | yes | yes
2785 Arguments :
2786 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2787 matching <network>
2788 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2789 header name.
2790
2791 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2792 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2793 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2794 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2795 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2796 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2797 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2798 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2799 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2800 possible that the client has already brought one.
2801
2802 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2803 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2804 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2805 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2806 header and requires different one.
2807
2808 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2809 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2810 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2811 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2812 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2813 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2814 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2815
2816 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2817 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2818 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2819 both are defined.
2820
2821 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2822 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2823 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2824 when using this option.
2825
2826 Examples :
2827 # Original Destination address
2828 frontend www
2829 mode http
2830 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2831
2832 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2833 backend www
2834 mode http
2835 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2836
2837 See also : "option httpclose"
2838
2839
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002840option persist
2841no option persist
2842 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2843 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2844 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002845 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002846
2847 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2848 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2849 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2850 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2851 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2852 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2853 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2854 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2855 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2856 redirected to another valid server.
2857
2858 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2859 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2860
2861 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2862
2863
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002864option redispatch
2865no option redispatch
2866 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2867 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2868 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002869 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002870
2871 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2872 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2873 be able to access the service anymore.
2874
2875 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2876 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2877
2878 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2879 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2880 value.
2881
2882 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2883 "redisp" keywords.
2884
2885 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2886 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2887
2888 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2889
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002890
2891option smtpchk
2892option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2893 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2894 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2895 yes | no | yes | yes
2896 Arguments :
2897 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2898 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2899 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2900
2901 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2902 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2903 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2904
2905 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2906 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2907 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2908 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2909 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2910 dead server.
2911
2912 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2913 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2914 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2915 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2916
2917 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2918 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2919 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2920 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2921 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2922
2923 Example :
2924 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2925
2926 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2927
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002928
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002929option socket-stats
2930no option socket-stats
2931
2932 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2933 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2934 yes | yes | yes | no
2935
2936 Arguments : none
2937
2938
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002939option splice-auto
2940no option splice-auto
2941 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2942 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2943 yes | yes | yes | yes
2944 Arguments : none
2945
2946 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2947 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2948 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2949 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002950 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002951 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2952 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2953 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2954 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2955
2956 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2957 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2958 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2959 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2960 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2961 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2962 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2963 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2964 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2965 keyword.
2966
2967 Example :
2968 option splice-auto
2969
2970 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2971 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2972
2973 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2974 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2975
2976
2977option splice-request
2978no option splice-request
2979 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2980 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2981 yes | yes | yes | yes
2982 Arguments : none
2983
2984 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2985 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2986 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2987 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2988 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2989 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2990
2991 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2992
2993 Example :
2994 option splice-request
2995
2996 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2997 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2998
2999 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3000 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3001
3002
3003option splice-response
3004no option splice-response
3005 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3006 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3007 yes | yes | yes | yes
3008 Arguments : none
3009
3010 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3011 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3012 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3013 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3014 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3015 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3016
3017 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3018
3019 Example :
3020 option splice-response
3021
3022 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3023 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3024
3025 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3026 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3027
3028
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003029option srvtcpka
3030no option srvtcpka
3031 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3032 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3033 yes | no | yes | yes
3034 Arguments : none
3035
3036 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3037 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3038 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3039 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3040
3041 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3042 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3043 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3044 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3045
3046 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3047 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3048 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3049 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3050 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3051
3052 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3053
3054 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3055 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3056 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3057
3058 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3059 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3060
3061 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3062
3063
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003064option ssl-hello-chk
3065 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3066 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3067 yes | no | yes | yes
3068 Arguments : none
3069
3070 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3071 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3072 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3073 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3074 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3075 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3076 hello message.
3077
3078 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3079 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3080 messages, which is appreciable.
3081
3082 See also: "option httpchk"
3083
3084
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003085option tcp-smart-accept
3086no option tcp-smart-accept
3087 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3088 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3089 yes | yes | yes | no
3090 Arguments : none
3091
3092 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3093 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3094 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3095 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3096 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3097 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3098
3099 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3100 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3101 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3102 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3103
3104 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3105 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3106 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3107 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3108
3109 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3110 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3111 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3112
3113 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3114 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3115 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3116
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003117 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3118
3119
3120option tcp-smart-connect
3121no option tcp-smart-connect
3122 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3123 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3124 yes | no | yes | yes
3125 Arguments : none
3126
3127 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3128 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3129 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3130 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3131 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3132
3133 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3134 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3135 complex.
3136
3137 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3138 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3139 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3140
3141 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3142 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3143
3144 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3145
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003146
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003147option tcpka
3148 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3149 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3150 yes | yes | yes | yes
3151 Arguments : none
3152
3153 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3154 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3155 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3156 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3157
3158 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3159 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3160 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3161 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3162
3163 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3164 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3165 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3166 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3167 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3168
3169 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3170
3171 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3172 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3173 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3174 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3175 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3176 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3177 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3178 backends.
3179
3180 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3181
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003182
3183option tcplog
3184 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3185 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3186 yes | yes | yes | yes
3187 Arguments : none
3188
3189 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3190 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3191 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3192 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3193 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3194 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3195 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3196 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3197
3198 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3199
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003200 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003201
3202
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003203option transparent
3204no option transparent
3205 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3206 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003207 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003208 Arguments : none
3209
3210 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3211 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3212 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3213 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3214 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3215 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3216 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3217 appropriate server.
3218
3219 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3220 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3221
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003222 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3223 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003224
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003225
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003226persist rdp-cookie
3227persist rdp-cookie(name)
3228 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3229 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3230 yes | no | yes | yes
3231 Arguments :
3232 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3233 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3234 no valid reason to change this name.
3235
3236 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3237 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3238 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3239 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3240 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3241 forwarded to this server.
3242
3243 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3244 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3245 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003246 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003247 a single "listen" section.
3248
3249 Example :
3250 listen tse-farm
3251 bind :3389
3252 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3253 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3254 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3255 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3256 persist rdp-cookie
3257 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3258 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3259 balance rdp-cookie
3260 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3261 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3262
3263 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3264
3265
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003266rate-limit sessions <rate>
3267 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3268 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3269 yes | yes | yes | no
3270 Arguments :
3271 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3272 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3273
3274 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3275 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3276 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3277 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3278 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3279 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3280
3281 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3282 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3283 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3284 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3285
3286 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3287 listen smtp
3288 mode tcp
3289 bind :25
3290 rate-limit sessions 10
3291 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3292
3293 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3294 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3295
3296 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3297
3298
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003299redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3300redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003301 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3302 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3303 no | yes | yes | yes
3304
3305 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003306 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003307
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003308 Arguments :
3309 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3310 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3311 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3312 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003313 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3314 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3315 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3316 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003317
3318 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3319 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3320 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3321 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3322 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3323 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3324 location with a GET method.
3325
3326 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3327 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3328
3329 - "drop-query"
3330 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3331 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3332 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3333 with a location-type redirect.
3334
3335 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3336 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3337 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3338 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3339 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3340 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3341 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3342
3343 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3344 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3345 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3346 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3347 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3348 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3349 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003350
3351 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3352 acl clear dst_port 80
3353 acl secure dst_port 8080
3354 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003355 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003356 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003357 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3358
3359 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003360 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3361 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3362 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003363 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003365 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003366
3367
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003368redisp (deprecated)
3369redispatch (deprecated)
3370 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3371 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3372 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003373 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003374
3375 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3376 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3377 be able to access the service anymore.
3378
3379 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3380 redistribute them to a working server.
3381
3382 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3383 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3384 value.
3385
3386 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3387 "option redispatch" instead.
3388
3389 See also : "option redispatch"
3390
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003391
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003392reqadd <string>
3393 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3394 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3395 no | yes | yes | yes
3396 Arguments :
3397 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3398 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003399 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003400
3401 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3402 the last header of an HTTP request.
3403
3404 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3405 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3406 responses.
3407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003408 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003409
3410
3411reqallow <search>
3412reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3413 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3414 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3415 no | yes | yes | yes
3416 Arguments :
3417 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3418 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3419 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3420 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3421 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3422 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3423 ignores case.
3424
3425 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3426 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3427 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3428 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3429 header names are not.
3430
3431 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3432 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3433
3434 Example :
3435 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3436 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3437 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3438
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003439 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003440 manipulation
3441
3442
3443reqdel <search>
3444reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3445 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3446 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3447 no | yes | yes | yes
3448 Arguments :
3449 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3450 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3451 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3452 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3453 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3454 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3455
3456 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3457 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3458 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3459 next servers.
3460
3461 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3462 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3463 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3464
3465 Example :
3466 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3467 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3468 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3469
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003470 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003471 manipulation
3472
3473
3474reqdeny <search>
3475reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3476 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3477 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3478 no | yes | yes | yes
3479 Arguments :
3480 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3481 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3482 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3483 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3484 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3485 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3486 case.
3487
3488 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3489 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3490 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3491 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3492 header names are not.
3493
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003494 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003495 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003496 using ACLs.
3497
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003498 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3499 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3500
3501 Example :
3502 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3503 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3504 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3505
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003506 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003507 header manipulation
3508
3509
3510reqpass <search>
3511reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3512 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3513 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3514 no | yes | yes | yes
3515 Arguments :
3516 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3517 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3518 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3519 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3520 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3521 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3522 case.
3523
3524 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3525 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3526 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3527 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3528
3529 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3530 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3531
3532 Example :
3533 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3534 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3535 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3536 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3537
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003538 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003539 header manipulation
3540
3541
3542reqrep <search> <string>
3543reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3544 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3545 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3546 no | yes | yes | yes
3547 Arguments :
3548 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3549 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3550 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3551 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3552 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3553 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3554
3555 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3556 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3557 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3558 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003559 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003560
3561 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3562 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3563 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3564
3565 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3566 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3567 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3568 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3569 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3570
3571 Example :
3572 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3573 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3574 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3575 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3576
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003577 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003578 manipulation
3579
3580
3581reqtarpit <search>
3582reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3583 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3585 no | yes | yes | yes
3586 Arguments :
3587 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3588 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3589 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3590 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3591 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3592 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3593 ignores case.
3594
3595 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3596 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003597 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3598 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3599 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003600 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3601 not set.
3602
3603 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3604 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3605 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3606 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3607 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3608
3609 Example :
3610 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3611 # block all others.
3612 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3613 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003615 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003616 manipulation
3617
3618
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003619retries <value>
3620 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3621 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3622 yes | no | yes | yes
3623 Arguments :
3624 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3625 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3626 default value is 3.
3627
3628 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3629 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3630 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3631
3632 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3633 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3634
3635 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3636 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3637
3638 See also : "option redispatch"
3639
3640
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003641rspadd <string>
3642 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3643 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3644 no | yes | yes | yes
3645 Arguments :
3646 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3647 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003648 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003649
3650 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3651 the last header of an HTTP response.
3652
3653 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3654 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3655 responses.
3656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003657 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003658
3659
3660rspdel <search>
3661rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3662 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3663 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3664 no | yes | yes | yes
3665 Arguments :
3666 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3667 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3668 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3669 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3670 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3671 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3672 ignores case.
3673
3674 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3675 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3676 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3677 client.
3678
3679 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3680 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3681 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3682
3683 Example :
3684 # remove the Server header from responses
3685 reqidel ^Server:.*
3686
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003687 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003688 manipulation
3689
3690
3691rspdeny <search>
3692rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3693 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3694 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3695 no | yes | yes | yes
3696 Arguments :
3697 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3698 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3699 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3700 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3701 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3702 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3703 ignores case.
3704
3705 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3706 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3707 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3708 case-sensitive.
3709
3710 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003711 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3712 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3713 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003714
3715 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3716 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3717
3718 Example :
3719 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3720 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3721
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003722 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003723 manipulation
3724
3725
3726rsprep <search> <string>
3727rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3728 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3729 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3730 no | yes | yes | yes
3731 Arguments :
3732 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3733 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3734 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3735 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3736 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3737 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3738 ignores case.
3739
3740 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3741 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3742 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3743 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003744 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003745
3746 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3747 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3748 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3749
3750 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3751 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3752 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3753 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3754 are not case-sensitive.
3755
3756 Example :
3757 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3758 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3759
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003760 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003761 manipulation
3762
3763
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003764server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3765 Declare a server in a backend
3766 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3767 no | no | yes | yes
3768 Arguments :
3769 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3770 appear in logs and alerts.
3771
3772 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3773 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3774 start-up.
3775
3776 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3777 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3778 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3779 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3780 adding this value to the client's port.
3781
3782 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3783 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003784 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003785
3786 Examples :
3787 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3788 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3789
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003790 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003791
3792
3793source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003794source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003795 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3796 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3797 yes | no | yes | yes
3798 Arguments :
3799 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3800 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3801 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3802 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3803
3804 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3805 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003806 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3807 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3808 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003809
3810 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3811 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3812 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3813 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3814 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3815 <addr>.
3816
3817 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3818 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3819 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3820 port.
3821
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003822 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3823 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3824 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3825 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3826 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3827 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3828
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003829 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3830 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3831 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3832 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3833
3834 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3835 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3836 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3837 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3838 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3839 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3840
3841 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3842 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3843 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3844 there are two methods :
3845
3846 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3847 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3848 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3849 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3850 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3851 of the client ranges may be used.
3852
3853 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3854 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3855 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3856 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3857 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3858 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3859 same session.
3860
3861 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3862 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3863 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3864 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3865 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3866 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3867
3868 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3869 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3870 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003871 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003872
3873 Examples :
3874 backend private
3875 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3876 source 192.168.1.200
3877
3878 backend transparent_ssl1
3879 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3880 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3881
3882 backend transparent_ssl2
3883 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3884 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3885 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3886
3887 backend transparent_ssl3
3888 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3889 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3890 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3891
3892 backend transparent_smtp
3893 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3894 # with Tproxy version 4.
3895 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3896
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003897 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003898 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3899
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003900
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003901srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3902 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3903 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3904 yes | no | yes | yes
3905 Arguments :
3906 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3907 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3908 as explained at the top of this document.
3909
3910 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3911 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3912 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3913 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3914 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3915 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3916 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3917
3918 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3919 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3920 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3921 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3922 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003923 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003924 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3925 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3926
3927 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3928 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3929 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3930 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3931 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3932 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3933
3934 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3935 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3936
3937 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3938
3939
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003940stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3941 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3942 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3943 yes | no | yes | yes
3944 Arguments :
3945 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3946
3947 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3948
3949 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3950 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3951 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3952 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3953 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3954 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3955
3956 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3957 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3958 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3959 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3960
3961 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3962 report using "stats scope".
3963
3964 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3965 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3966 unobvious parameters.
3967
3968 Example :
3969 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3970 backend public_www
3971 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3972 stats enable
3973 stats hide-version
3974 stats scope .
3975 stats uri /admin?stats
3976 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3977 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3978 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3979
3980 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3981 backend private_monitoring
3982 stats enable
3983 stats uri /admin?stats
3984 stats refresh 5s
3985
3986 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3987
3988
3989stats enable
3990 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3991 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3992 yes | no | yes | yes
3993 Arguments : none
3994
3995 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3996 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3997 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3998 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3999 - stats auth : no authentication
4000 - stats scope : no restriction
4001
4002 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4003 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4004 unobvious parameters.
4005
4006 Example :
4007 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4008 backend public_www
4009 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4010 stats enable
4011 stats hide-version
4012 stats scope .
4013 stats uri /admin?stats
4014 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4015 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4016 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4017
4018 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4019 backend private_monitoring
4020 stats enable
4021 stats uri /admin?stats
4022 stats refresh 5s
4023
4024 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4025
4026
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004027stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004028 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4029 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4030 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004031 Arguments:
4032 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4033 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004034
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004035 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4036 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4037 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004038
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004039 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4040 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4041 unobvious parameters.
4042
4043 Example:
4044 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4045 backend private_monitoring
4046 stats enable
4047 stats show-node Europe-1
4048 stats uri /admin?stats
4049 stats refresh 5s
4050
4051 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
4052
4053
4054stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4055 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4057 yes | no | yes | yes
4058
4059 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4060 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4061
4062 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4063 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004064
4065 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4066 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4067 unobvious parameters.
4068
4069 Example :
4070 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4071 backend private_monitoring
4072 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004073 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004074 stats uri /admin?stats
4075 stats refresh 5s
4076
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004077 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004078
4079
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004080stats realm <realm>
4081 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4082 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4083 yes | no | yes | yes
4084 Arguments :
4085 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4086 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4087 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4088
4089 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4090 using a backslash ('\').
4091
4092 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4093 only related to authentication.
4094
4095 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4096 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4097 unobvious parameters.
4098
4099 Example :
4100 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4101 backend public_www
4102 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4103 stats enable
4104 stats hide-version
4105 stats scope .
4106 stats uri /admin?stats
4107 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4108 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4109 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4110
4111 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4112 backend private_monitoring
4113 stats enable
4114 stats uri /admin?stats
4115 stats refresh 5s
4116
4117 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4118
4119
4120stats refresh <delay>
4121 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4122 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4123 yes | no | yes | yes
4124 Arguments :
4125 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4126 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4127 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4128 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4129 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4130 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4131
4132 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4133 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4134 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4135 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4136
4137 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4138 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4139 unobvious parameters.
4140
4141 Example :
4142 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4143 backend public_www
4144 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4145 stats enable
4146 stats hide-version
4147 stats scope .
4148 stats uri /admin?stats
4149 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4150 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4151 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4152
4153 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4154 backend private_monitoring
4155 stats enable
4156 stats uri /admin?stats
4157 stats refresh 5s
4158
4159 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4160
4161
4162stats scope { <name> | "." }
4163 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4164 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4165 yes | no | yes | yes
4166 Arguments :
4167 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4168 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4169 section in which the statement appears.
4170
4171 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4172 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4173 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4174 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4175 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4176 exists.
4177
4178 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4179 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4180 unobvious parameters.
4181
4182 Example :
4183 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4184 backend public_www
4185 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4186 stats enable
4187 stats hide-version
4188 stats scope .
4189 stats uri /admin?stats
4190 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4191 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4192 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4193
4194 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4195 backend private_monitoring
4196 stats enable
4197 stats uri /admin?stats
4198 stats refresh 5s
4199
4200 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4201
4202
4203stats uri <prefix>
4204 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4205 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4206 yes | no | yes | yes
4207 Arguments :
4208 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4209 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4210 query string.
4211
4212 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4213 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4214 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4215 possible to reach it in the application.
4216
4217 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004218 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004219 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4220 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4221 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4222 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4223
4224 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4225 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4226 an address or a port to statistics only.
4227
4228 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4229 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4230 unobvious parameters.
4231
4232 Example :
4233 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4234 backend public_www
4235 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4236 stats enable
4237 stats hide-version
4238 stats scope .
4239 stats uri /admin?stats
4240 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4241 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4242 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4243
4244 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4245 backend private_monitoring
4246 stats enable
4247 stats uri /admin?stats
4248 stats refresh 5s
4249
4250 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4251
4252
4253stats hide-version
4254 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4255 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4256 yes | no | yes | yes
4257 Arguments : none
4258
4259 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4260 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4261 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4262 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4263 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4264 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4265
4266 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4267 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4268 unobvious parameters.
4269
4270 Example :
4271 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4272 backend public_www
4273 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4274 stats enable
4275 stats hide-version
4276 stats scope .
4277 stats uri /admin?stats
4278 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4279 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4280 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4281
4282 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4283 backend private_monitoring
4284 stats enable
4285 stats uri /admin?stats
4286 stats refresh 5s
4287
4288 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4289
4290
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004291tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4292 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4293 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4294 no | yes | yes | no
4295
4296 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4297 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4298 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4299 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4300 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4301 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4302 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4303 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4304
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004305 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004306 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4307
4308 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4309 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4310 "reject" statement.
4311
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004312 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004313
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004314 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004315
4316
4317tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4318 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4319 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4320 no | yes | yes | no
4321
4322 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4323 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4324 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4325 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4326 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4327 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4328 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4329 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4330
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004331 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004332 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4333
4334 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4335 "accept".
4336
4337 Example:
4338 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4339 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4340 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4341 tcp-request reject if content_present
4342
4343 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4344 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4345 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4346 tcp-request accept if content_present
4347 tcp-request reject
4348
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004349 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004350
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004351 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004352
4353
4354tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4355 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4356 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4357 no | yes | yes | no
4358 Arguments :
4359 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4360 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4361 as explained at the top of this document.
4362
4363 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4364 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4365 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4366 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4367 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4368
4369 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4370 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004371 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004372 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004373 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4374 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4375 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4376 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004377
4378 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4379 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4380 it pass through unaffected.
4381
4382 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4383 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4384 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4385 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4386 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4387 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4388 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4389
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004390 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004391 "timeout client".
4392
4393
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004394timeout check <timeout>
4395 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4396 established.
4397
4398 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4399 yes | no | yes | yes
4400 Arguments:
4401 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4402 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4403 as explained at the top of this document.
4404
4405 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4406 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4407 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4408 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4409 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4410 long "timeout connect".
4411
4412 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4413 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4414
4415 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4416 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004417 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004418
4419 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4420 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4421 forget about it.
4422
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004423 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4424 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004425
4426
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004427timeout client <timeout>
4428timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4429 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4430 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4431 yes | yes | yes | no
4432 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004433 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004434 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4435 as explained at the top of this document.
4436
4437 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4438 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4439 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4440 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4441 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4442 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4443 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4444 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004445 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004446 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4447 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4448
4449 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4450 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4451 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4452 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4453 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4454 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4455
4456 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4457 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4458 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4459
4460 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4461
4462
4463timeout connect <timeout>
4464timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4465 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4466 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4467 yes | no | yes | yes
4468 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004469 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004470 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4471 as explained at the top of this document.
4472
4473 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004474 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004475 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4476 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004477 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4478 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004479
4480 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4481 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4482 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4483 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4484 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4485 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4486
4487 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4488 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4489 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4490
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004491 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4492 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004493
4494
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004495timeout http-request <timeout>
4496 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4497 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004498 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004499 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004500 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004501 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4502 as explained at the top of this document.
4503
4504 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4505 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4506 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4507 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4508 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4509 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4510 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4511 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4512
4513 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4514 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4515 used anymore.
4516
4517 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4518 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4519 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4520 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4521 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4522
4523 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004524 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4525 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4526 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004527
4528 See also : "timeout client".
4529
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004530
4531timeout queue <timeout>
4532 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4533 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4534 yes | no | yes | yes
4535 Arguments :
4536 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4537 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4538 as explained at the top of this document.
4539
4540 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4541 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4542 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4543 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4544 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4545
4546 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4547 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4548 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4549 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4550
4551 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4552
4553
4554timeout server <timeout>
4555timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4556 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4557 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4558 yes | no | yes | yes
4559 Arguments :
4560 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4561 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4562 as explained at the top of this document.
4563
4564 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4565 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4566 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4567 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4568 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4569 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4570 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4571
4572 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4573 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4574 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4575 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4576 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004577 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004578 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4579 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4580
4581 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4582 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4583 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4584 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4585 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4586 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4587
4588 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4589 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4590 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4591
4592 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4593
4594
4595timeout tarpit <timeout>
4596 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4597 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4598 yes | yes | yes | yes
4599 Arguments :
4600 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4601 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4602 as explained at the top of this document.
4603
4604 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4605 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4606 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4607
4608 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4609 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4610 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4611 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4612 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4613
4614 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4615
4616
4617transparent (deprecated)
4618 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4619 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004620 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004621 Arguments : none
4622
4623 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4624 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4625 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4626 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4627 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4628 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4629 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4630 appropriate server.
4631
4632 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4633
4634 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4635 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4636
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004637 See also: "option transparent"
4638
4639
4640use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4641use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004642 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004643 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4644 no | yes | yes | no
4645 Arguments :
4646 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4647
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004648 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004649
4650 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4651 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4652 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004653 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4654 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4655 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4656 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004657
4658 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4659 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4660 assign the backend.
4661
4662 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4663 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4664 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4665 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4666 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4667 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4668
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004669 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004670 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004671 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4672 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4673 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4674
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004675 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004676
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004677
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046785. Server options
4679-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004680
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004681The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4682as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4683not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4684(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4685the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4686specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004687
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004688 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004689
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004690The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004691
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004692addr <ipv4>
4693 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4694 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4695 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4696 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4697 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004698
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004699backup
4700 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4701 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4702 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4703 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4704 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4705 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004706
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004707check
4708 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4709 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4710 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4711 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4712 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4713 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4714 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4715 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4716 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4717 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4718 more information.
4719
4720cookie <value>
4721 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4722 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4723 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4724 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4725 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4726 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4727 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4728
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004729error-limit <count>
4730 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the number
4731 of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error" option.
4732 By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
4733
4734 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
4735
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004736fall <count>
4737 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4738 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4739 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4740
4741id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004742 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4743 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4744 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004745
4746inter <delay>
4747fastinter <delay>
4748downinter <delay>
4749 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4750 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4751 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4752 between checks depending on the server state :
4753
4754 Server state | Interval used
4755 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4756 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4757 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4758 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4759 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4760 or yet unchecked. |
4761 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4762 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4763 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4764
4765 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4766 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4767 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4768 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4769 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4770 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4771 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4772 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4773 servers.
4774
4775maxconn <maxconn>
4776 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4777 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4778 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4779 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4780 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4781 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4782 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4783 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4784
4785maxqueue <maxqueue>
4786 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4787 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4788 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4789 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4790 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4791 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4792 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4793
4794minconn <minconn>
4795 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4796 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4797 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4798 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4799 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4800 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004801 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004802 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004803
4804observe <mode>
4805 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
4806 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
4807 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
4808 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
4809 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
4810 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
4811 headers, a timeout, etc.
4812
4813 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
4814
4815on-error <mode>
4816 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
4817 Currently, four modes are available:
4818 - fastinter: force fastinter
4819 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
4820 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
4821 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
4822 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
4823
4824 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
4825
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004826port <port>
4827 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4828 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4829 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4830 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4831 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4832 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4833
4834redir <prefix>
4835 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4836 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4837 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4838 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4839 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4840 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4841 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4842 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004843 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004844 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4845 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4846 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4847 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4848 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4849
4850 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4851
4852rise <count>
4853 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4854 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4855 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4856
4857slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4858 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4859 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4860 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4861 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4862 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4863 parameters :
4864
4865 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4866 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4867
4868 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4869 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4870 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4871 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4872
4873 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4874 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4875 seen as failed.
4876
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004877source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4878source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004879 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4880 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4881 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4882 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4883
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004884 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4885 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4886 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4887 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4888 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4889 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4890 server.
4891
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004892track [<proxy>/]<server>
4893 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4894 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4895 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4896 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4897 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4898
4899weight <weight>
4900 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4901 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4902 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004903 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4904 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4905 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4906 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4907 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4908 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004909
4910
49116. HTTP header manipulation
4912---------------------------
4913
4914In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4915response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4916request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4917which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4918against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4919to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4920passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4921headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4922never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4923
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004924There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4925(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4926rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4927messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4928in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004929happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004930add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4931normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4932
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004933This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4934in section 4.2 :
4935
4936 - reqadd <string>
4937 - reqallow <search>
4938 - reqiallow <search>
4939 - reqdel <search>
4940 - reqidel <search>
4941 - reqdeny <search>
4942 - reqideny <search>
4943 - reqpass <search>
4944 - reqipass <search>
4945 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4946 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4947 - reqtarpit <search>
4948 - reqitarpit <search>
4949 - rspadd <string>
4950 - rspdel <search>
4951 - rspidel <search>
4952 - rspdeny <search>
4953 - rspideny <search>
4954 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4955 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4956
4957With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4958is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4959parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4960prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4961Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4962
4963 \t for a tab
4964 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4965 \n for a new line (LF)
4966 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4967 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4968 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4969 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4970 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4971
4972The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4973portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4974above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4975regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
49769 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4977is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4978
4979The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4980after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4981
4982Notes related to these keywords :
4983---------------------------------
4984 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4985 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4986 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4987
4988 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4989 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4990 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4991
4992 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4993 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4994 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4995 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4996 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4997
4998 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4999 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5000 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5001 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5002 useless headers before adding new ones.
5003
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005004 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005005 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5006
5007 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5008 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5009 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5010
5011 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5012 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
5013 before switching.
5014
5015
50167. Using ACLs
5017-------------
5018
5019The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5020content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5021from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5022simple :
5023
5024 - define test criteria with sets of values
5025 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5026
5027The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5028
5029In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5030
5031 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5032
5033This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5034Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5035and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5036an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5037of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5038
5039ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5040'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5041which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5042
5043There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5044performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5045
5046The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5047
5048 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005049 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5050
5051Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005052
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005053 - integers or integer ranges
5054 - strings
5055 - regular expressions
5056 - IP addresses and networks
5057
5058
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050597.1. Matching integers
5060----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005061
5062Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5063that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5064expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5065may be omitted.
5066
5067For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5068unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5069representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5070
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005071As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5072two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5073instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5074ranges and operators.
5075
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005076For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005077operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5078Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5079of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005080
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005081Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005082
5083 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5084 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5085 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5086 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5087 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5088
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005089For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005090
5091 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5092
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005093This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5094
5095 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5096
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005097
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050987.2. Matching strings
5099---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005100
5101String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5102exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5103characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5104string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5105to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005106before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005107
5108
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051097.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5110-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005111
5112Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5113they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5114possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5115passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5116the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005117the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5118match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005119
5120
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051217.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5122----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005123
5124IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5125netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5126within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005127host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005128difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5129at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5130does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5131parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005132
5133
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051347.5. Available matching criteria
5135--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005136
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051377.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5138------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005139
5140A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5141analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5142addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5143
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005144always_false
5145 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5146 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5147
5148always_true
5149 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5150 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5151
5152src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005153 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005154 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5155 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5156
5157src_port <integer>
5158 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5159
5160dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005161 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005162 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5163
5164dst_port <integer>
5165 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5166 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5167
5168dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005169 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005170 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005171 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005172 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5173 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5174 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5175
5176fe_conn <integer>
5177fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5178 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5179 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5180 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5181 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5182 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5183 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5184 criteria.
5185
5186be_conn <integer>
5187be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5188 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5189 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5190 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5191 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5192 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005193
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005194nbsrv <integer>
5195nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5196 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5197 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5198 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5199 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5200 "monitor fail".
5201
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005202connslots <integer>
5203connslots(backend) <integer>
5204 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005205 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005206 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5207
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005208 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5209 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005210
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005211 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005212 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5213 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5214 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5215 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5216 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005217 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005218
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005219 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5220 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5221 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5222 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005223
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005224queue <integer>
5225queue(frontend) <integer>
5226 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5227 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5228 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5229 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5230 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5231 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5232 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5233
5234avg_queue <integer>
5235avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5236 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5237 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5238 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5239 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5240 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5241 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5242 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5243 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5244 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5245 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5246 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5247
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005248fe_sess_rate <integer>
5249fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5250 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5251 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5252 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5253 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5254 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5255 the rate to go down below the limit.
5256
5257 Example :
5258 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5259 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5260 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5261 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5262 frontend mail
5263 bind :25
5264 mode tcp
5265 maxconn 100
5266 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5267 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5268 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5269 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5270
5271be_sess_rate <integer>
5272be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5273 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5274 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5275 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005276 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005277 sucking of an online dictionary).
5278
5279 Example :
5280 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5281 backend dynamic
5282 mode http
5283 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5284 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5285
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005286
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052877.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5288-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005289
5290A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5291during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5292through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5293for more detailed information on the subject.
5294
5295req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005296 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005297 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5298 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5299 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5300 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5301 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5302 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5303
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005304req_proto_http
5305 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5306 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005307 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005308 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5309 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5310
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005311req_rdp_cookie <string>
5312req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5313 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5314 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5315 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5316 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5317 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5318 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5319 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5320 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5321
5322req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5323req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5324 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5325 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5326 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5327 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5328 cookies.
5329
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005330req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5331 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5332 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5333 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5334 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5335 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5336 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5337 with TCP request content inspection.
5338
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005339wait_end
5340 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5341 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5342 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5343 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5344 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5345 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5346 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5347 inspection.
5348
5349 Examples :
5350 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5351 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5352 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5353
5354 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5355 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5356 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5357 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5358 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5359 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5360 tcp-request content reject
5361
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005362
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053637.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5364--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005365
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005366A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005367application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5368read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5369than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5370
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005371method <string>
5372 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5373 already check for most common methods.
5374
5375req_ver <string>
5376 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5377 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5378
5379path <string>
5380 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5381 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5382 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5383
5384path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005385 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5386 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005387
5388path_end <string>
5389 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5390 control file name extension.
5391
5392path_sub <string>
5393 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5394 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5395 "path_dir".
5396
5397path_dir <string>
5398 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5399 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5400 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5401 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5402
5403path_dom <string>
5404 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5405 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5406 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5407
5408path_reg <regex>
5409 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5410 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5411 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5412
5413url <string>
5414 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5415 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5416
5417url_beg <string>
5418 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5419 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5420
5421url_end <string>
5422 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5423 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5424
5425url_sub <string>
5426 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5427 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5428
5429url_dir <string>
5430 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5431 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5432 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5433 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5434
5435url_dom <string>
5436 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5437 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5438 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5439
5440url_reg <regex>
5441 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5442 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5443 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5444
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005445url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005446 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5447 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005448 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005449
5450url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005451 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5452 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005453 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005454 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005455
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005456hdr <string>
5457hdr(header) <string>
5458 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5459 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005460 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5461 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005462
5463 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005464 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005465 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5466
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005467 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005468
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005469hdr_beg <string>
5470hdr_beg(header) <string>
5471 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5472 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005474hdr_end <string>
5475hdr_end(header) <string>
5476 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5477 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005478
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005479hdr_sub <string>
5480hdr_sub(header) <string>
5481 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5482 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005483
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005484hdr_dir <string>
5485hdr_dir(header) <string>
5486 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5487 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5488 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5489 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005490
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005491hdr_dom <string>
5492hdr_dom(header) <string>
5493 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5494 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5495 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5496 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005497
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005498hdr_reg <regex>
5499hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5500 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5501 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5502 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5503 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005504
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005505hdr_val <integer>
5506hdr_val(header) <integer>
5507 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5508 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5509 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5510 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005511
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005512hdr_cnt <integer>
5513hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5514 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5515 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5516 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5517 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005518 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005519 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005520
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005521hdr_ip <ip_address>
5522hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5523 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5524 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5525 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5526
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005527
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055287.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5529---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005530
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005531Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5532every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5533order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5534only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005535
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005536ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5537---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5538TRUE always_true always match
5539FALSE always_false never match
5540LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005541HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005542HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5543HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5544METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5545METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5546METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5547METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5548METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5549METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5550HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005551HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005552HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5553HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005554RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005555REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5556WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5557---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005558
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005559
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055607.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5561----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005562
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005563Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5564combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005565
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005566 - AND (implicit)
5567 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5568 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005569
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005570A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005571
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005572 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005573
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005574Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5575indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005576
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005577For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5578"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5579requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5580is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005581
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005582 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5583 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5584 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5585 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005586
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005587To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5588and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005589
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005590 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5591 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5592 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5593 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005594
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005595 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5596 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5597 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5598 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005599
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005600See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005601
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005602
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056038. Logging
5604----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005605
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005606One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5607provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5608very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5609provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5610state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005611to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005612headers.
5613
5614In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5615about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5616send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5617
5618 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5619 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5620 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5621 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5622 at the termination.
5623
5624The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5625allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5626as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5627while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5628real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5629delay.
5630
5631
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056328.1. Log levels
5633---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005634
5635TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5636source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5637HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5638in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5639particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005640syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005641facilities.
5642
5643
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056448.2. Log formats
5645----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005646
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005647HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005648and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5649the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5650formats are the following ones :
5651
5652 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5653 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5654 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5655 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5656 extents.
5657
5658 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5659 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5660 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5661 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5662 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5663
5664 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5665 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5666 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5667 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5668 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5669
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005670 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5671 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5672 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5673 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5674
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005675Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5676specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5677field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5678servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5679always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5680identifier.
5681
5682Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5683 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5684 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5685 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5686 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5687
5688
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056898.2.1. Default log format
5690-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005691
5692This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5693as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5694format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5695
5696 Example :
5697 listen www
5698 mode http
5699 log global
5700 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5701
5702 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5703 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5704 (www/HTTP)
5705
5706 Field Format Extract from the example above
5707 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5708 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5709 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5710 4 'to' to
5711 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5712 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5713
5714Detailed fields description :
5715 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5716 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5717 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5718 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5719 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5720 and processed the connection.
5721 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5722
5723It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5724will eventually disappear.
5725
5726
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057278.2.2. TCP log format
5728---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005729
5730The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5731is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5732information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5733counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5734emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5735environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5736the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5737sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005738specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5739not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5740fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5741marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005742
5743 Example :
5744 frontend fnt
5745 mode tcp
5746 option tcplog
5747 log global
5748 default_backend bck
5749
5750 backend bck
5751 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5752
5753 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5754 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5755 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5756
5757 Field Format Extract from the example above
5758 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5759 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5760 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5761 4 frontend_name fnt
5762 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5763 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5764 7 bytes_read* 212
5765 8 termination_state --
5766 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5767 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5768
5769Detailed fields description :
5770 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5771 connection to haproxy.
5772
5773 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5774
5775 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5776 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5777 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5778 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5779
5780 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5781 and processed the connection.
5782
5783 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5784 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5785 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5786 applications.
5787
5788 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5789 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5790 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5791 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5792 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5793
5794 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5795 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5796 See "Timers" below for more details.
5797
5798 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5799 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5800 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5801 "Timers" below for more details.
5802
5803 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5804 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5805 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5806 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5807 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5808 details.
5809
5810 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5811 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5812 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5813 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5814 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5815
5816 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5817 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5818 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5819 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5820 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5821 for more details.
5822
5823 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5824 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5825 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5826 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5827 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005828 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005829
5830 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5831 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5832 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5833 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5834 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5835 caused by a denial of service attack.
5836
5837 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5838 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5839 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5840 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5841 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5842 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5843 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5844 denial of service attack.
5845
5846 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5847 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5848 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5849 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5850 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5851 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5852 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5853 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5854 be processed than on other servers.
5855
5856 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5857 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5858 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5859 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5860 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5861 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5862 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5863 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5864 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5865 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5866 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5867 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5868 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5869
5870 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5871 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5872 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5873 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5874 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5875 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5876 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5877 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5878
5879 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5880 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5881 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5882 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5883 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5884 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5885 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5886 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5887 occurs.
5888
5889
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058908.2.3. HTTP log format
5891----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005892
5893The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5894is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5895the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5896are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5897emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5898generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5899"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5900which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005901frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5902is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005903
5904Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5905slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5906with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5907
5908 Example :
5909 frontend http-in
5910 mode http
5911 option httplog
5912 log global
5913 default_backend bck
5914
5915 backend static
5916 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5917
5918 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5919 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5920 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5921 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5922
5923 Field Format Extract from the example above
5924 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5925 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5926 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5927 4 frontend_name http-in
5928 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5929 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5930 7 status_code 200
5931 8 bytes_read* 2750
5932 9 captured_request_cookie -
5933 10 captured_response_cookie -
5934 11 termination_state ----
5935 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5936 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5937 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5938 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5939 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5940
5941
5942Detailed fields description :
5943 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5944 connection to haproxy.
5945
5946 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5947
5948 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5949 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5950 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5951 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5952 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5953
5954 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5955 and processed the connection.
5956
5957 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5958 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5959 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5960
5961 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5962 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5963 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5964 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5965 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5966 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5967
5968 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5969 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5970 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5971 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5972 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5973 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5974
5975 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5976 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5977 See "Timers" below for more details.
5978
5979 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5980 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5981 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5982 below for more details.
5983
5984 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5985 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5986 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5987 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5988 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5989 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5990 for more details.
5991
5992 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5993 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5994 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5995 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5996 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5997 details.
5998
5999 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6000 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6001 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6002
6003 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6004 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6005 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6006 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6007 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6008 overflowing.
6009
6010 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6011 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6012 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6013 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6014 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6015 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6016 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6017 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6018
6019 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6020 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6021 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6022 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6023 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6024 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6025 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6026 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6027
6028 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6029 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6030 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6031 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6032 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6033 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6034 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6035
6036 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6037 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6038 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6039 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6040 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006041 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006042 system.
6043
6044 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6045 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6046 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6047 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6048 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6049 caused by a denial of service attack.
6050
6051 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6052 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6053 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6054 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6055 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6056 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6057 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6058 denial of service attack.
6059
6060 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6061 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6062 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6063 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6064 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6065 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6066 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6067 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6068 processed than on other servers.
6069
6070 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6071 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6072 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6073 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6074 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6075 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6076 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6077 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6078 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6079 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6080 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6081 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6082 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6083
6084 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6085 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6086 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6087 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6088 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6089 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6090 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6091 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6092
6093 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6094 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6095 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6096 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6097 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6098 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6099 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6100 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6101 occurs.
6102
6103 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6104 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6105 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6106 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6107 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6108 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6109 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6110 cookies" below for more details.
6111
6112 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6113 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6114 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6115 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6116 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6117 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6118 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6119 and cookies" below for more details.
6120
6121 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6122 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6123 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6124 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6125 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6126 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6127 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6128 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6129
6130
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061318.3. Advanced logging options
6132-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006133
6134Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6135just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6136options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6137for more information about their usage.
6138
6139
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061408.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6141------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006142
6143It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6144haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6145commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6146monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6147ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6148
6149 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6150 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6151 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6152 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6153
6154 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6155 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6156 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6157 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6158 such as other load-balancers.
6159
6160 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6161 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6162 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6163
6164
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061658.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6166----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006167
6168The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6169what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6170or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6171"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6172just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6173log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6174after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6175is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6176with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6177with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6178
6179
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061808.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6181------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006182
6183Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6184for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6185"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6186retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6187raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6188a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6189file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6190you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6191"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6192
6193
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061948.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6195--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006196
6197Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6198multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6199them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6200"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6201logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6202error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6203and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6204too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6205useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6206alternative.
6207
6208
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062098.4. Timing events
6210------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006211
6212Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6213reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6214the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6215frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6216mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6217
6218 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6219 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6220 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6221 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6222 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6223
6224 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6225 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6226 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6227 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6228 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6229
6230 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6231 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6232 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6233 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6234 connection never established.
6235
6236 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6237 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6238 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6239 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6240 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6241 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6242 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6243 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6244 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6245 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6246 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6247
6248 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6249 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6250 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6251 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6252 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6253
6254 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6255
6256 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6257 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6258 negative.
6259
6260These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6261protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6262that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006263due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006264close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6265session has been aborted on timeout.
6266
6267Most common cases :
6268
6269 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6270 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6271 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6272 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6273 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6274 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6275 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6276 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6277 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6278 connections have been accepted at once.
6279
6280 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6281 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6282 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6283 of ms on remote networks.
6284
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006285 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6286 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6287 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006288
6289 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6290 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6291 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6292 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6293 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6294 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6295 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6296 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6297 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6298 to the server until another one is released.
6299
6300Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6301
6302 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6303 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6304 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6305
6306 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6307 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6308 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6309
6310 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6311 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6312 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6313 flags.
6314
6315 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6316 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6317 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6318 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6319 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6320 the client connection was maintained open.
6321
6322 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6323 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6324 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6325 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6326
6327
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063288.5. Session state at disconnection
6329-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006330
6331TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6332"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
63332-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6334each of which has a special meaning :
6335
6336 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6337 session to terminate :
6338
6339 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6340
6341 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6342 server explicitly refused it.
6343
6344 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6345 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6346 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6347 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6348 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6349 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6350
6351 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6352 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6353 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6354 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6355 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6356
6357 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6358 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6359 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6360 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6361 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6362
6363 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6364 send or receive data.
6365
6366 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6367 send or receive data.
6368
6369 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6370 with nothing left in the buffers.
6371
6372 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6373
6374 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6375 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6376
6377 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6378 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6379 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6380 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6381 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6382
6383 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6384 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6385
6386 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6387 server (HTTP only).
6388
6389 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6390
6391 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6392 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6393 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6394
6395 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6396 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6397 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6398
6399 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6400
6401 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6402 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6403
6404 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6405 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6406 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6407
6408 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6409 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6410 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6411
6412 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6413 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6414 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6415 another server.
6416
6417 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6418 server.
6419
6420 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6421
6422 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6423 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6424
6425 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6426
6427 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6428 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6429 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6430
6431 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6432
6433 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6434 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6435
6436 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6437
6438 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6439
6440The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6441happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6442helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6443starvation, attacks, etc...
6444
6445The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6446alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6447easier finding and understanding.
6448
6449 Flags Reason
6450
6451 -- Normal termination.
6452
6453 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6454 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6455 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6456 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6457
6458 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6459 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6460 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6461 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6462 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6463 by the client.
6464
6465 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6466 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6467 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6468
6469 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6470 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6471 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6472
6473 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6474 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6475 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6476 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6477 the server takes too long to respond.
6478
6479 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6480 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6481 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6482 long a time to respond.
6483
6484 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6485 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6486 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6487 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6488 and the client.
6489
6490 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6491 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6492 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6493 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6494 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6495 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6496
6497 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6498 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006499 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6500 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6501 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6502 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006503
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006504 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006505 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6506 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6507 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6508 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6509 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6510
6511 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6512 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6513 503 or 504 here.
6514
6515 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6516 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6517 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6518 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6519 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6520
6521 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6522 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006523 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006524 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6525 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6526
6527 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6528 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6529 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6530 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6531 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6532 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6533 between haproxy and the server.
6534
6535 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6536 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6537 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6538 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6539 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6540 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6541 solution is to fix the application.
6542
6543 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6544 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6545 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6546 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6547 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6548 external attacks.
6549
6550 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6551 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6552 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6553 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6554 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6555
6556 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6557 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6558 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6559 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6560 containing unauthorized characters.
6561
6562 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6563 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6564 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6565 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6566
6567 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6568 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6569 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6570 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6571
6572 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6573 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6574 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6575 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6576
6577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065788.6. Non-printable characters
6579-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006580
6581In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6582consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6583converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6584prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6585being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6586escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6587is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6588'}' when logging headers.
6589
6590Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6591issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6592containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6593
6594Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6595the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6596performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6597
6598
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065998.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6600---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006601
6602Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6603achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006604section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006605cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6606the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6607the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006608locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006609not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6610user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6611a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6612wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6613
6614 Examples :
6615 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6616 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6617
6618 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6619 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6620
6621
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066228.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6623---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006624
6625Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6626proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6627the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6628server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6629
6630Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6631response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006632section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006633
6634It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006635time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6636appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006637are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6638and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6639follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6640request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6641in the logs.
6642
6643 Example :
6644 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6645 listen proxy-out
6646 mode http
6647 option httplog
6648 option logasap
6649 log global
6650 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6651
6652 # log the name of the virtual server
6653 capture request header Host len 20
6654
6655 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6656 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6657
6658 # log the beginning of the referrer
6659 capture request header Referer len 20
6660
6661 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6662 capture response header Server len 20
6663
6664 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6665 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6666
6667 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6668 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6669
6670 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6671 capture response header Via len 20
6672
6673 # log the URL location during a redirection
6674 capture response header Location len 20
6675
6676 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6677 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6678 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6679 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6680 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6681
6682 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6683 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6684 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6685 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6686 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6687
6688 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6689 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6690 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6691 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6692 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6693 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6694
6695
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066968.9. Examples of logs
6697---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006698
6699These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6700them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6701reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6702
6703 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6704 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6705 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6706
6707 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6708 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6709
6710 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6711 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6712 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6713
6714 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6715 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6716
6717 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6718 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6719 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6720
6721 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006722 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006723 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6724 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6725
6726 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6727 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6728 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6729
6730 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6731 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6732 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6733 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6734 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6735 to return the 502 and not the server.
6736
6737 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6738 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6739
6740 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6741 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6742 Nothing was sent to any server.
6743
6744 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6745 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6746
6747 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6748 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6749 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6750 send a 408 return code to the client.
6751
6752 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6753 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6754
6755 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6756 5 seconds ("c----").
6757
6758 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6759 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6760 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6761
6762 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006763 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006764 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6765 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6766 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6767 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6768 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006769
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006770
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067719. Statistics and monitoring
6772----------------------------
6773
6774It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6775mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6776CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6777Unix socket.
6778
6779
67809.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006781---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006782
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006783The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6784page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6785
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006786 0. pxname: proxy name
6787 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6788 for server)
6789 2. qcur: current queued requests
6790 3. qmax: max queued requests
6791 4. scur: current sessions
6792 5. smax: max sessions
6793 6. slim: sessions limit
6794 7. stot: total sessions
6795 8. bin: bytes in
6796 9. bout: bytes out
6797 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006798 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006799 12. ereq: request errors
6800 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006801 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006802 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6803 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6804 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6805 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6806 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6807 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6808 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6809 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6810 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6811 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6812 25. qlimit: queue limit
6813 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6814 27. iid: unique proxy id
6815 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6816 29. throttle: warm up status
6817 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6818 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006819 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006820 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6821 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6822 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006823 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6824 UNK -> unknown
6825 INI -> initializing
6826 SOCKERR -> socket error
6827 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6828 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6829 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6830 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6831 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6832 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6833 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6834 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6835 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6836 disable-on-404
6837 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6838 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6839 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6840 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6841 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006842 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
6843 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
6844 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
6845 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
6846 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
6847 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006848
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006849
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068509.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006851-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006852
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006853The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006854must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6855is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6856a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6857risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6858followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6859given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6860then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6861to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006862
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006863It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6864on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6865own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006866
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006867help
6868 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6869 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006870
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006871prompt
6872 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6873 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6874 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6875 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6876 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6877 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6878 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6879 command.
6880
6881quit
6882 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006883
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006884show errors [<iid>]
6885 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6886 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006887 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
6888 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
6889 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006890
6891 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6892 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6893 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6894 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6895 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6896 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6897 are reported too.
6898
6899 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6900 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6901 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6902 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6903 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6904 code.
6905
6906 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6907 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6908 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6909 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6910 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6911 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6912 line.
6913
6914 Example :
6915 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6916 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6917 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6918 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6919
6920 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6921 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6922 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6923 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6924 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6925 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6926 00204+ minal\r\n
6927 00211 \r\n
6928
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006929 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006930 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6931 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6932 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6933 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6934 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6935 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006936
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006937show info
6938 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6939
6940show sess
6941 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006942 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
6943 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
6944
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006945
6946show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6947 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6948 possible to dump only selected items :
6949 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6950 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6951 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6952 for example:
6953 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6954 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6955 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6956
6957 Example :
6958 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6959 Name: HAProxy
6960 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6961 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6962 Nbproc: 1
6963 Process_num: 1
6964 (...)
6965
6966 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6967 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6968 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6969 (...)
6970 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6971
6972 $
6973
6974 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6975 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6976 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6977 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006978 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006979
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006980clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006981 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
6982 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
6983 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006984 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
6985 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006986
6987clear counters all
6988 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006989 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
6990 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
6991
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006992get weight <backend>/<server>
6993 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
6994 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
6995 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02006996 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
6997 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
6998 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006999
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007000set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7001 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7002 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7003 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7004 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7005 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7006 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7007 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7008 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7009 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7010 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7011 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007012 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7013 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7014 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007015
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007016
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007017/*
7018 * Local variables:
7019 * fill-column: 79
7020 * End:
7021 */